1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
21 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
22 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
30 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
31 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
33 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
34 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
35 haven't bothered yet. */
37 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
45 #include "libiberty.h"
46 #include "safe-ctype.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
55 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
57 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
71 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
72 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
73 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
74 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
75 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
76 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
77 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
85 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
103 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
104 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
125 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
126 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
127 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
128 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
129 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
137 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
153 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
154 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
155 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
156 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
157 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
181 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
189 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
200 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
205 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
208 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h
& 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
225 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
226 unsigned long h
= 5381;
229 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
230 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
231 return h
& 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
242 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
243 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
246 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
247 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
253 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
255 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
256 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
261 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
263 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
264 return abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
);
268 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
270 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
271 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
273 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
275 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
277 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
278 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
281 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
282 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
284 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
285 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
286 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
288 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
289 in case the string table is not terminated. */
290 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
291 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
292 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
294 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
296 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
299 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
300 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
301 the string table over and over. */
302 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
305 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
306 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
308 return (char *) shstrtab
;
312 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
313 unsigned int shindex
,
314 unsigned int strindex
)
316 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
321 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
324 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
326 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
327 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
330 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
332 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
334 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
335 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
336 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
338 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
342 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
345 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
346 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
347 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
348 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
349 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
350 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
351 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
354 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
358 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
360 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
362 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
364 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
365 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
366 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
368 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
375 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
381 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
383 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
384 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
386 /* Read the symbols. */
388 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
390 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
391 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
392 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
393 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
394 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
396 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
397 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
399 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
400 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
401 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
407 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
411 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
412 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
413 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
415 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
416 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
417 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
419 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
420 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
421 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
428 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
430 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
431 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
432 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
433 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
437 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
438 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
439 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
440 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
442 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
443 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
445 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
446 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
447 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
448 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
449 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
456 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
458 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
459 free (alloc_extshndx
);
464 /* Look up a symbol name. */
466 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
467 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
472 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
473 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
475 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
476 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
477 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
479 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
480 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
483 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
486 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
487 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
492 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
493 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
496 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
497 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
499 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
501 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
502 signature just a string? */
505 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
508 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
509 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
510 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
512 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
513 that it is a symbol table section. */
514 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
516 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
517 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
518 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
521 /* Go read the symbol. */
522 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
523 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
524 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
527 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
530 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
533 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
535 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
537 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
538 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
541 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
543 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
544 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
545 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
548 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
549 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
550 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
551 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
552 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
554 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
556 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
558 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
564 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
565 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
569 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
570 so we can find them quickly. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
575 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
576 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
580 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
582 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
584 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
))
587 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
589 /* Add to list of sections. */
590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
593 /* Read the raw contents. */
594 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
595 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
596 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
597 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
598 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
599 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
602 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
603 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
607 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
609 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
610 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
614 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
615 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
616 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
618 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
619 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
626 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
627 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
630 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
631 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
632 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
637 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
638 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
641 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
648 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
652 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
655 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
656 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
658 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
659 section is a member. */
661 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
665 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
666 other members to see if any others are linked via
668 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
669 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
671 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
672 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
676 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
677 insert current section in circular list. */
678 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
679 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
680 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
686 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
689 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
691 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
692 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
695 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
697 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
698 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
706 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
708 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
715 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
718 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
719 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
722 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
723 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
725 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
726 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
728 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
729 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
730 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
731 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
734 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
735 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
736 bed
->link_order_error_handler
737 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
742 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
744 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
746 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
747 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
751 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
752 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
756 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
757 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
761 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
766 /* Process section groups. */
767 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
770 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
772 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
773 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
774 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
778 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
779 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
780 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
781 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
782 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
783 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
784 relocation sections are in section group in input object
786 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
789 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
790 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
791 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
793 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
794 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
795 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
798 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
806 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
808 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
811 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
812 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
815 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
822 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
824 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
827 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
831 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
832 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
833 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
835 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
836 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
837 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
839 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
841 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
842 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
843 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
844 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
847 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
848 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
849 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
850 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
851 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
852 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
855 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
859 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
860 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
862 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
864 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
867 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
868 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
869 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
871 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
872 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
874 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
875 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
876 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
877 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
879 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
881 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
882 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
887 } debug_sections
[] =
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
890 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
891 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
892 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
893 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
894 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
895 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
896 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
897 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
898 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
899 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
900 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
901 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
902 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
903 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") }, /* 's' */
905 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 't' */
906 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'u' */
907 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'v' */
908 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'w' */
909 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'x' */
910 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'y' */
911 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("zdebug") } /* 'z' */
916 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
918 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
919 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
920 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
921 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
922 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
926 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
927 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
928 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
929 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
930 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
931 all but one of the sections. */
932 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
933 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
934 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
936 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
937 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
938 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
941 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
944 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
945 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
946 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
947 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
951 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
954 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
958 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
960 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
961 unsigned int i
, nload
;
963 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
964 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
965 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
966 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
967 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
968 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
969 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
971 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
973 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
976 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
977 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
979 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
980 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
981 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
982 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
984 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
985 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
986 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
988 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
989 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
990 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
991 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
992 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
993 segment will contain sections with contiguous
994 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
995 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
996 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
998 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
999 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1000 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1001 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1002 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1003 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1004 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1010 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1011 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1012 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1013 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1014 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1016 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1019 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1021 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1022 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1023 action
= decompress
;
1027 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1028 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
))
1038 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1040 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1041 (_("%B: unable to initialize commpress status for section %s"),
1047 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1049 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1050 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1054 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1058 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1060 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1061 (_("%B: unable to initialize decommpress status for section %s"),
1067 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1069 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1070 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1073 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1077 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1078 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1084 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1085 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1086 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1087 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1090 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1091 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1092 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1093 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1094 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1095 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1096 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1097 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1098 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1100 bfd_reloc_status_type
1101 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1102 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1104 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1105 asection
*input_section
,
1107 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1109 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1110 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1111 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1112 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1114 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1115 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1118 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1121 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1125 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1127 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1128 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1131 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1132 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1133 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1135 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1136 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1137 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1139 /* Copy object attributes. */
1140 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1145 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1150 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1151 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1152 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1153 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1154 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1155 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1156 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1157 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1158 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1159 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1160 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1161 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1166 /* Print out the program headers. */
1169 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1171 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1172 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1174 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1176 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1181 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1182 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1183 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1185 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1190 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1193 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1195 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1197 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1198 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1199 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1200 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1201 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1202 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1203 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1204 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1205 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1206 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1207 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1208 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1209 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1214 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1217 unsigned int elfsec
;
1218 unsigned long shlink
;
1219 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1221 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1223 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1225 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1228 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1229 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1231 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1233 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1234 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1237 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1238 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1240 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1241 const char *name
= "";
1243 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1246 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1248 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1255 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1256 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1258 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1260 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1265 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1266 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1267 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1268 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1269 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1270 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1271 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1272 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1273 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1274 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1275 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1276 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1277 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1278 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1279 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1280 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1281 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1282 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1283 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1284 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1285 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1286 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1287 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1288 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1289 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1290 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1291 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1293 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1294 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1295 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1296 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1298 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1299 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1300 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1301 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1302 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1304 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1305 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1306 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1307 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1308 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1309 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1310 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1311 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1312 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1313 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1314 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1315 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1316 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1317 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1318 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1319 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1320 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1321 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1322 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1325 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1329 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1334 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1336 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1339 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1348 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1349 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1351 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1355 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1357 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1359 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1360 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1362 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1363 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1364 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1365 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1367 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1370 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1374 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1380 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1382 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1384 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1385 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1387 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1389 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1390 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1391 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1392 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1393 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1394 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1406 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1409 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1412 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1414 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1417 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1418 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1420 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1421 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1422 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1423 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1425 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1427 const char *section_name
;
1428 const char *name
= NULL
;
1429 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1430 unsigned char st_other
;
1433 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1435 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1436 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1437 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1441 name
= symbol
->name
;
1442 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1445 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1446 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1447 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1448 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1449 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1450 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1451 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1453 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1454 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1456 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1457 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1458 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1459 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1461 unsigned int vernum
;
1462 const char *version_string
;
1464 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1467 version_string
= "";
1468 else if (vernum
== 1)
1469 version_string
= "Base";
1470 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1472 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1475 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1477 version_string
= "";
1478 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1482 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1484 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1486 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1488 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1495 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1496 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1501 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1502 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1507 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1508 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1513 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1514 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1515 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1517 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1519 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1522 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1528 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1530 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1531 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1533 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1535 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1540 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1541 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1542 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1544 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1551 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1553 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1556 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1558 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1559 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1560 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1563 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1566 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1567 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1568 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1573 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1574 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1577 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1580 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1581 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1582 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1583 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1584 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1585 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1586 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1587 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1588 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1589 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1591 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1592 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1594 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1596 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1597 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1598 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1601 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1602 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1603 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1605 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1610 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1612 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1614 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1616 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1617 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1618 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1619 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1621 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1622 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1626 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1628 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1629 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1631 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1632 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1634 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1642 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1643 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1646 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1648 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1650 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1652 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1653 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1654 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1658 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1659 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1660 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1661 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1662 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1664 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1665 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1666 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1667 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1668 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1670 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1671 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1672 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1676 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1677 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1678 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1679 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1681 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1683 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1684 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1686 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1687 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1688 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1692 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1694 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1695 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1696 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1700 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1704 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1705 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1708 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1710 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1712 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1714 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1715 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1716 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1720 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1721 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1723 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1724 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1726 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1727 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1728 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1730 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1731 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1734 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1735 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1736 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1737 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1740 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1741 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1743 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1753 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1756 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1759 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1760 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1761 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1762 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1764 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1768 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1769 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1770 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1771 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1773 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1775 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1776 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1778 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1779 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1781 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1784 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1786 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1788 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1789 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1793 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1797 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1799 asection
*target_sect
;
1800 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1801 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1802 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1806 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1807 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1810 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1811 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1813 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1814 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1815 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1816 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1820 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1821 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1822 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1823 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1824 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1825 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1826 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1828 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1829 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1830 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1831 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1837 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1839 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1840 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1851 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1854 /* Get the symbol table. */
1855 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1856 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1857 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1860 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1861 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1862 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1863 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1864 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1865 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1866 sh_link points to the null section. */
1867 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1868 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1869 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1870 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1871 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1872 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1873 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1876 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1878 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1879 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1882 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1883 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1884 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1886 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1888 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1889 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1890 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1895 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1896 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1897 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1898 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1899 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1900 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1901 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1902 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1904 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1905 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1907 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1911 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1912 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1916 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1917 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1919 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1920 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1921 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1923 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1924 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1925 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1926 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1932 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
))
1934 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1936 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1938 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1939 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1942 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1943 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1944 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1946 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1948 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1952 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1953 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1954 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1956 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1964 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1965 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1966 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1968 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1970 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1974 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1975 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1978 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1980 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1981 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1982 for applications? */
1983 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1984 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1985 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1986 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1988 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1989 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1992 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1993 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1994 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1995 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1996 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1998 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1999 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2001 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2002 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2003 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2004 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2005 be rejected with an error message. */
2006 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2007 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2009 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2011 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2012 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2015 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2016 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2017 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2018 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2026 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2029 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2031 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2033 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2035 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2037 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2038 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2039 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2041 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2042 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2043 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2046 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2048 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2051 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2054 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2057 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2061 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2063 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2065 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2068 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2071 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2074 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2077 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2080 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2092 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2095 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2099 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2102 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2111 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2112 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2113 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2116 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2118 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2119 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2122 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2124 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2125 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2126 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2127 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2130 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2132 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2133 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2136 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2138 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2139 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2140 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2143 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2145 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2146 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2147 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2150 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2152 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2153 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2154 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2155 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2156 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2159 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2161 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2162 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2163 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2164 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2165 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2166 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2167 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2170 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2172 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2173 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2174 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2175 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2178 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2180 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2181 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2182 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2183 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2184 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2187 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2189 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2190 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2191 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2193 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2194 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2195 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2196 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2199 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2201 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2203 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2205 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2206 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2207 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2213 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2216 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2217 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2218 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2224 len
= strlen (name
);
2226 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2229 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2231 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2233 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2236 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2237 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2239 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2241 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2243 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2244 && (suffix_len
== -2
2245 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2251 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2253 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2254 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2265 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2268 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2269 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2271 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2272 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2275 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2276 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2279 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2280 bed
->special_sections
,
2286 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2289 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2290 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2293 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2298 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2302 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2304 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2305 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2306 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2308 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2311 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2315 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2318 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2319 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2320 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2322 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2323 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2324 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2325 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2326 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2327 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2328 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2329 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2330 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2331 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2332 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2334 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2337 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2338 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2339 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2341 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2342 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2346 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2349 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2351 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2352 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2353 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2354 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2356 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2357 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2358 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2359 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2360 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2361 of combined data+bss.
2363 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2364 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2365 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2366 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2367 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2372 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2373 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2375 const char *type_name
)
2383 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2384 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2385 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2387 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2389 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2390 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2391 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2394 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2395 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2396 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2398 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2399 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2400 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2401 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2402 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2403 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2404 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2406 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2407 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2408 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2410 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2412 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2415 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2417 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2421 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2425 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2426 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2427 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2430 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2431 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2432 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2434 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2435 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2436 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2437 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2438 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2439 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2440 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2441 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2442 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2444 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2445 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2446 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2447 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2448 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2449 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2450 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2452 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2453 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2454 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2456 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2457 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2464 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2466 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2468 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2471 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2474 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2477 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2480 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2483 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2485 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2490 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2493 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2495 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2500 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2503 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2506 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2507 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2508 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2512 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2516 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2518 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2520 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2521 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2524 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2527 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2528 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2529 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2533 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2534 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2536 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2538 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2540 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2543 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2544 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2545 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2546 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2548 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2549 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2552 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2554 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2556 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2558 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2559 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2560 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2561 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2562 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2563 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2564 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2565 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2566 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2571 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2574 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2576 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2577 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2579 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2582 struct fake_section_arg
2584 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2588 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2591 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2593 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2594 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2595 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2596 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2597 unsigned int sh_type
;
2601 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2606 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2608 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2609 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2610 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2616 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2618 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2619 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2620 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2622 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2624 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2625 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2626 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2627 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2628 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2629 copy_private_section_data. */
2631 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2632 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2634 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2636 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2637 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2639 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2641 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2642 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2643 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2644 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2645 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2647 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2648 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2649 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2650 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2651 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2652 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2653 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2656 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2662 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2663 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2664 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2671 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2675 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2679 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2683 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2684 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2688 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2692 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2693 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2696 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2697 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2698 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2699 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2701 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2702 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2704 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2705 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2708 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2709 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2710 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2711 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2713 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2714 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2717 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2721 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2725 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2729 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2730 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2731 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2732 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2733 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2734 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2737 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2738 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2739 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2740 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2742 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2743 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2744 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2746 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2747 if (asect
->size
== 0
2748 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2750 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2752 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2755 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2756 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2757 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2761 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2762 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2764 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2765 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2766 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2767 create the other. */
2768 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2770 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2773 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2774 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2775 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2777 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2778 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2783 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2784 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2790 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2792 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2798 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2799 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2800 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2801 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2804 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2806 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2807 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2808 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2812 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2813 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2814 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2815 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2818 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2820 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2821 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2825 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2827 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2831 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2833 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2835 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2837 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2838 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2842 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2843 elf_section_syms. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2845 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2847 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2849 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2851 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2852 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2853 set until all local symbols are output. */
2854 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2855 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2856 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2857 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2858 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2860 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2862 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2864 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2865 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2867 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2868 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2869 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2870 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2872 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2875 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2877 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2880 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2882 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2883 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2884 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2891 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2893 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2894 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2895 start of the input section group. */
2896 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2898 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2899 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2900 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2901 directives, not that it matters. */
2908 s
= s
->output_section
;
2910 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2912 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2915 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2917 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2922 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2925 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2928 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2929 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2930 in here too, while we're at it. */
2933 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2935 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2937 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2938 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2939 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2940 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2944 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2946 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2947 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2949 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2950 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2952 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2954 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2956 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2958 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2959 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2960 abfd
->section_count
--;
2963 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2968 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2970 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2972 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2973 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2977 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2978 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2985 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2986 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2992 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
2993 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2994 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
2996 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2997 || (link_info
== NULL
2998 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3002 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3003 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3004 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3006 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3007 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3008 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3009 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3010 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3013 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3014 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3017 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3018 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3020 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3021 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3023 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3025 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3026 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3027 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3030 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3031 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3032 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3034 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3038 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3040 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3043 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3044 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3046 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3047 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3049 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3050 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3053 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3058 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3060 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3061 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3062 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3063 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3064 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3066 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3068 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3069 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3070 the relocation entries apply. */
3071 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3073 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3074 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3076 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3078 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3079 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3082 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3083 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3085 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3088 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3089 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3091 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3092 if (discarded_section (s
))
3095 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3096 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3097 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3099 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3100 size as the discarded one. */
3101 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3104 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3110 s
= s
->output_section
;
3111 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3115 /* Handle objcopy. */
3116 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3118 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3119 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3120 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3124 s
= s
->output_section
;
3126 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3131 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3132 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3133 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3135 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3136 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3137 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3138 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3139 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3144 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3148 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3149 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3150 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3151 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3152 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3153 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3154 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3156 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3158 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3160 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3164 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3166 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3170 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3171 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3172 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3173 field to point to this section. */
3174 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3175 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3180 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3181 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3184 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3185 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3186 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3190 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3192 /* This is a .stab section. */
3193 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3194 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3195 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3202 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3203 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3204 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3205 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3207 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3209 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3212 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3213 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3214 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3215 the version strings. */
3216 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3217 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3219 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3224 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3225 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3226 this hash table or version table is for. */
3227 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3229 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3233 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3237 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3238 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3239 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3241 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3242 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3247 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3249 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3250 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3251 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3252 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3254 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3255 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3256 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3259 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3260 output, or that are duplicates. */
3263 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3265 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3266 && !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3267 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3268 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3269 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3272 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3273 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3276 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3278 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3279 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3280 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3281 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3282 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3283 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3284 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3291 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3295 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3297 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3298 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3302 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3303 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3305 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3306 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3308 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3309 decided to output. */
3310 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3312 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3314 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3316 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3317 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3319 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3321 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3322 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3324 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3328 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3329 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3331 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3333 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3337 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3338 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3339 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3340 at least in that case. */
3341 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3343 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3345 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3352 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3353 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3354 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3356 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3359 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3361 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3364 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3365 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3366 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3371 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3373 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3375 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3377 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3380 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3381 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3384 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3386 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3390 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3392 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3393 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3397 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3398 ELF data structure. */
3400 static inline file_ptr
3401 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3403 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3406 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3407 required section alignment. */
3410 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3414 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3415 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3416 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3417 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3418 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3419 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3420 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3424 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3425 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3426 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3429 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3430 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3433 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3435 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3436 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3437 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3439 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3442 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3443 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3444 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3446 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3449 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3450 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3451 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3453 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3454 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3455 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3459 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3462 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3463 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3464 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3465 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3469 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3470 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3472 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3477 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3479 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3484 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3485 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3486 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3487 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3488 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3489 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3490 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3491 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3492 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3493 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3494 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3496 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3502 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3504 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3506 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3507 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3509 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3510 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3511 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3513 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3514 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3516 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3518 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3520 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3521 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3523 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3526 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3531 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3532 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3534 static bfd_size_type
3535 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3541 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3542 and one for data. */
3545 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3546 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3548 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3549 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3550 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3555 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3557 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3561 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3563 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3567 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3569 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3573 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3575 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3579 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3581 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3582 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3584 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3586 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3587 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3588 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3589 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3590 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3591 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3593 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3594 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3595 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3596 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3597 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3602 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3604 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3606 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3612 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3613 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3614 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3618 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3624 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3627 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3630 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3632 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3633 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3635 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
,
3636 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3642 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3643 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3650 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3652 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3653 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3654 asection
**sections
,
3659 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3664 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3665 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3666 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3670 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3671 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3672 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3673 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3675 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3677 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3678 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3679 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3685 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3688 struct elf_segment_map
*
3689 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3691 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3693 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3694 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3698 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3700 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3705 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3708 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3709 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3710 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3712 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3715 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3716 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3717 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3718 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3720 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3723 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3725 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3727 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3728 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3729 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3731 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3735 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3737 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3743 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3744 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3746 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3753 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3756 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3759 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3760 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3761 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3762 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3764 no_user_phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
;
3767 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3769 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3773 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3774 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3777 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3778 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3780 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3781 bfd_boolean writable
;
3783 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3784 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3786 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3788 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3790 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3791 sizeof (asection
*));
3792 if (sections
== NULL
)
3795 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3796 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3798 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3799 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3802 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3804 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3808 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3809 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3810 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3813 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3816 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3818 /* Build the mapping. */
3823 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3824 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3826 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3827 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3829 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3830 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3834 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3835 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3836 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3837 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3838 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3843 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3844 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3848 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3856 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3857 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3858 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3862 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3864 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3866 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3869 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3870 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3871 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3872 program headers we will need. */
3875 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3877 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3878 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3879 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3880 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3881 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3882 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3883 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3884 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3887 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3890 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3894 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3897 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3899 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3900 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3901 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3903 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3905 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3906 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3910 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3911 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3913 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3914 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3917 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3918 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3919 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3920 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3921 section can be included in the current segment. */
3922 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3924 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3927 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3928 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3931 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3932 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3934 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3935 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3936 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3939 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3941 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3942 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3943 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3944 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3947 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3948 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3949 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3951 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3952 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3953 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3954 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3955 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3956 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3957 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3962 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3963 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3966 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3967 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3969 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3971 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3977 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3980 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3981 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3982 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3983 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3989 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3990 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3992 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3999 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4005 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4006 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4007 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4011 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4014 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4016 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4017 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4018 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4019 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4021 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4029 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4032 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4039 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4040 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4041 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4042 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4043 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4045 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4047 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4048 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4053 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4054 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4055 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4057 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4058 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4059 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4060 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4066 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4067 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4071 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4075 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4076 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4079 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4080 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4084 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4092 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4095 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4096 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4097 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4102 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4103 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4105 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4106 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4108 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4109 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4110 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4117 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4119 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4120 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4121 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4123 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4124 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4128 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4130 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4136 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4138 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4139 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4143 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4144 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4145 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4151 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4153 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4155 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4157 asection
*last
= m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1];
4158 bfd_vma vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
4159 bfd_vma filesz
= last
->vma
- vaddr
+ last
->size
;
4161 if (vaddr
< info
->relro_end
4162 && vaddr
>= info
->relro_start
4163 && (vaddr
+ filesz
) >= info
->relro_end
)
4168 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4171 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4172 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4176 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4178 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4186 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4189 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4192 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4194 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4199 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4204 /* Sort sections by address. */
4207 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4209 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4210 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4211 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4213 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4214 place the section into a segment. */
4215 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4217 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4220 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4221 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4222 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4224 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4227 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4229 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4235 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4236 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4237 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4238 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4243 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4248 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4249 before others at the same address. */
4251 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4252 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4259 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4262 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4264 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4265 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4266 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4267 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4268 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4271 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4272 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4274 /* In other words, something like:
4276 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4277 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4278 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4279 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4281 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4283 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4286 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4288 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4292 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4295 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4300 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4301 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4302 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4303 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4304 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4305 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4307 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4308 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4312 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4313 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4314 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4320 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4325 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4327 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4330 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4335 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4336 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4340 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4341 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4344 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4345 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4346 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4348 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4351 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4353 if (link_info
== NULL
4354 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4358 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4362 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4367 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4368 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4372 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4373 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4374 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4377 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4379 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4380 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4382 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4383 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4387 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4391 /* We're writing the size in elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size,
4392 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4393 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4394 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_tdata
4395 (abfd)->program_header_size contains the size used for the
4397 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4398 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4399 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4400 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4402 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4404 (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4405 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4406 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4411 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4412 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4414 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4415 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4416 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4422 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4424 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4428 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4430 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4431 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4432 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4433 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4434 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4436 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4437 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4438 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4441 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4442 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4443 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4444 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4445 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4446 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4447 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4452 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4454 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4455 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4456 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4459 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4461 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4462 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4464 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4465 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4466 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4467 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4468 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4469 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4470 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4472 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4473 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4475 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4477 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4478 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4479 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4480 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4484 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4486 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4489 bfd_size_type align
;
4490 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4492 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4496 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4498 unsigned int secalign
;
4500 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4501 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4502 align_power
= secalign
;
4504 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4505 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4506 align
= maxpagesize
;
4509 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4510 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4511 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4512 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4513 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4514 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4516 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4519 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4520 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4522 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4526 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4530 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4531 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4532 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4533 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4534 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4535 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4536 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4537 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4542 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4543 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4544 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4546 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4549 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4554 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4555 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4556 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4557 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4563 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4565 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4567 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4568 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4571 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4573 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4575 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4576 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4578 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4583 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4588 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4590 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4593 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4595 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4599 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4600 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4601 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4602 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4606 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4607 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4610 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4611 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4615 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4616 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4618 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4624 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4626 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4627 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4631 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4632 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4633 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4634 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4635 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4636 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4639 bfd_size_type align
;
4640 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4643 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4644 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4646 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4647 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4648 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4649 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4650 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4651 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4653 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4654 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4655 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4656 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4660 || p_end
< p_start
))
4662 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4663 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4664 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4668 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4670 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4672 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4674 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4675 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4677 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4678 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4682 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4686 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4688 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4692 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4693 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4694 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4700 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4709 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4711 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4712 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4713 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4715 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4716 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4717 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4719 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4720 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4721 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4722 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4723 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4724 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4726 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4728 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4731 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4733 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4734 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4735 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4736 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4737 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4738 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4740 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4742 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4743 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4745 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4747 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4748 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4751 if (align
> p
->p_align
4752 && !m
->p_align_valid
4753 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4754 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4758 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4761 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4763 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4769 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4770 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4771 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4773 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4775 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4776 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4777 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4778 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4779 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4780 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4782 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4787 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4789 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4792 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4793 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4794 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4795 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4797 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4798 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4800 print_segment_map (m
);
4806 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4810 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4813 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4814 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4816 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4817 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4818 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4819 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4820 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4821 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4822 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4823 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4825 unsigned int num_sec
;
4829 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4830 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4831 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4832 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4834 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4838 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4839 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4840 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4841 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4842 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4843 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4845 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4846 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4847 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4849 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4851 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4852 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4853 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4854 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4857 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4859 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4862 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4863 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4864 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4865 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4866 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4867 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4869 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4872 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4873 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4877 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4879 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4880 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4885 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4888 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4890 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4891 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4893 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4895 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4896 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4897 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4899 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4900 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4905 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4909 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4911 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4913 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4915 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4917 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
4919 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4921 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4922 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4923 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
4924 && lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
>= link_info
->relro_end
)
4930 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
4931 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
4932 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4934 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4935 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
4940 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
4942 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4943 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4944 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4945 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
4946 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4947 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
4948 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
4951 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4952 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
4953 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
4954 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
4955 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
4957 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
4959 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4960 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4964 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4965 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4968 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
4970 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4971 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
4972 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4974 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4977 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4978 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
4980 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
4981 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
4982 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4984 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
4991 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4993 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4994 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4995 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4997 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4999 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5000 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5001 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5005 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5010 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5011 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5012 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5014 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5015 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5016 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5017 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5018 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5019 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5020 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5022 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5025 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5026 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5028 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5029 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5033 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5034 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5037 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5038 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5041 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5042 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5044 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5045 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5046 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5047 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5052 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5053 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5054 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
5055 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
5056 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
5058 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5061 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5068 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5069 assignment of sections to segments. */
5070 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5073 /* And for non-load sections. */
5074 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5077 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5079 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5083 /* Write out the program headers. */
5084 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5085 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5086 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5089 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
5092 /* Place the section headers. */
5093 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5094 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5095 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5097 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
5103 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5105 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5106 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5107 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5109 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5111 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5112 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5115 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5117 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5118 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5119 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5120 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5122 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5123 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5124 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5125 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5127 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5128 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5129 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5130 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5131 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5132 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5134 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5136 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5138 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5139 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5142 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5143 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5144 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5145 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5146 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5147 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5148 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5149 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5151 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5154 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5155 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5157 /* No program header, for now. */
5158 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5159 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5160 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5162 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5163 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5164 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5166 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5167 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5168 /* It all happens later. */
5172 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5173 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5176 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5177 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5178 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5179 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5180 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5181 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5182 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5183 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5184 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5190 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5191 of the loadable file image. */
5194 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5197 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5198 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5200 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5202 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5203 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5205 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5208 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5209 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5210 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5213 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5217 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5219 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5220 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5222 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5224 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5225 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5228 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5231 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5235 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5237 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5238 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5239 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5241 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5242 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5243 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5245 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5247 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5248 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5253 /* Write out the section header names. */
5254 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5255 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5256 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5259 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5260 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5261 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5263 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5266 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5267 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
)
5268 return (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5274 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5276 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5277 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5280 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5283 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5285 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5286 unsigned int sec_index
;
5288 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5289 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5290 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5292 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5293 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5294 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5295 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5296 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5297 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5299 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5301 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5302 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5304 int retval
= sec_index
;
5306 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5310 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5316 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5320 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5322 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5324 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5326 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5327 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5328 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5329 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5330 input sections rather than the output section. */
5331 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5332 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5333 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5338 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5339 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5340 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5341 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5342 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5343 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5344 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5347 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5351 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5352 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5353 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5354 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5355 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5356 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5363 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5364 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5372 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5375 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5377 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5378 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5379 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5380 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5381 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5384 unsigned int num_segments
;
5385 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5386 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5387 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5388 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5389 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5392 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5393 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5396 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5398 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5399 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5401 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5402 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5403 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5404 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5406 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5407 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5408 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5409 ? section->size : 0)
5411 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5412 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5413 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5414 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5415 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5416 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5418 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5419 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5420 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5421 (section->lma >= base \
5422 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5423 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5425 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5426 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5427 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5428 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5429 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5430 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5431 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5433 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5435 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5437 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5441 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5442 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5443 p_memsz set to 0. */
5444 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5446 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5447 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5448 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5449 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5451 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5452 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5453 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5455 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5456 A section will be included if:
5457 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5458 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5459 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5461 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5462 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5463 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5464 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5465 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5466 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5467 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5468 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5469 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5470 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5471 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5472 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5473 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5474 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5475 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5476 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5477 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5478 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5479 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5480 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5481 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5482 || (segment->p_paddr \
5483 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5484 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5485 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5487 && !section->segment_mark)
5489 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5490 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5491 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5492 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5493 && section->output_section != NULL)
5495 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5496 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5497 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5499 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5500 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5501 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5502 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5503 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5505 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5506 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5507 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5508 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5509 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5511 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5512 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5513 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5515 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5516 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5517 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5518 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5519 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5520 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5523 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5525 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5529 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5530 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5531 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5532 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5533 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5538 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5540 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5541 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5542 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5544 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5545 assignment code will work. */
5546 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5550 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5552 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5553 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5554 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5558 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5559 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5561 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5563 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5564 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5567 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5568 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5570 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5572 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5573 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5575 if (extra_length
> 0)
5577 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5578 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5581 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5583 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5585 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5590 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5592 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5593 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5595 if (extra_length
> 0)
5597 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5598 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5601 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5606 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5607 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5611 unsigned int section_count
;
5612 asection
**sections
;
5613 asection
*output_section
;
5615 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5616 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5619 asection
*first_section
;
5620 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5621 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5623 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5626 first_section
= NULL
;
5627 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5628 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5630 section
= section
->next
)
5632 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5633 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5634 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5636 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5637 first_section
= section
;
5638 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5643 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5644 all of the sections we have selected. */
5645 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5646 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5647 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5651 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5652 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5654 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5655 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5656 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5658 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5659 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5661 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5663 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5664 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5667 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5668 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5669 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5670 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5671 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5673 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5675 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5676 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5677 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5678 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5679 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5681 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5682 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5685 if (section_count
== 0)
5687 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5688 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5689 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5690 a warning is produced. */
5691 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5692 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5693 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5697 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5698 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5703 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5704 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5705 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5706 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5708 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5709 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5712 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5713 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5714 of the first section.
5716 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5717 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5718 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5719 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5720 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5722 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5723 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5724 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5725 or segments to contain the other sections.
5727 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5728 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5729 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5731 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5732 if (sections
== NULL
)
5735 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5736 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5737 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5738 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5739 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5744 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5745 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5747 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5749 section
= section
->next
)
5750 if (section
== first_section
)
5753 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5755 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5757 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5759 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5761 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5762 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5763 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5764 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5766 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5767 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5769 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5770 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5771 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5774 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5776 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5778 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5780 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5781 LMA address of the output section. */
5782 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5783 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5784 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5785 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5787 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5789 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5790 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5793 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5794 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5796 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5798 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5800 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5801 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5804 if (j
== section_count
)
5809 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5811 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5813 if (isec
== section_count
)
5815 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5816 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5817 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5818 program header in the input BFD. */
5819 map
->count
= section_count
;
5820 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5821 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5824 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5825 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5826 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5827 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5828 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5829 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5831 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5838 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5840 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5841 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5842 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5843 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5847 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5848 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5849 the LMA of the first section. */
5850 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5853 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5854 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5855 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5857 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5858 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5861 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5862 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5866 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5868 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5870 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5872 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5873 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5874 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5875 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5876 offset when we know the correct value. */
5877 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5878 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5881 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5885 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5886 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5887 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5888 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5889 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5890 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5897 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5899 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5900 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5902 section
= sections
[j
];
5904 if (section
== NULL
)
5907 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5909 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5911 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5912 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5914 if (map
->count
== 0)
5916 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5917 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5919 if (output_section
->lma
5921 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5922 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5923 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5931 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5933 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5934 and the start of this section is more than
5935 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5936 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5938 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5939 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
5940 > output_section
->lma
))
5942 if (first_suggested_lma
)
5944 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5945 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5952 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5955 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5957 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5959 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5960 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5964 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5966 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5967 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5968 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5970 if (isec
< section_count
)
5972 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5973 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5974 and carry on looping. */
5975 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5976 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5977 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5984 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5985 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5986 not yet been assigned. */
5988 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5989 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5990 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5991 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5992 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5993 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5994 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5997 while (isec
< section_count
);
6002 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6004 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6005 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6006 the offset if necessary. */
6007 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6011 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6014 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6015 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6016 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6021 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6022 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6024 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6025 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6026 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6027 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6028 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6029 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6033 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6036 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6038 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6039 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6040 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6041 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6042 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6044 unsigned int num_segments
;
6045 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6046 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6048 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6051 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6053 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6054 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6055 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6056 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6057 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6060 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6062 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6066 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6071 unsigned int section_count
;
6073 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6074 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6075 asection
*lowest_section
;
6077 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6078 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6080 section
= section
->next
)
6082 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6083 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6085 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6086 first_section
= section
;
6091 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6092 all of the sections we have selected. */
6093 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6094 if (section_count
!= 0)
6095 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6096 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6100 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6103 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6104 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6105 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6106 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6107 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6108 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6109 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6110 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6112 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6114 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6115 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6116 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6117 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6118 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6119 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6122 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6123 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6124 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6125 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6127 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6128 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6130 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6131 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6132 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6133 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6134 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6136 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6137 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6140 lowest_section
= first_section
;
6141 if (section_count
!= 0)
6143 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6145 for (section
= first_section
;
6147 section
= section
->next
)
6149 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6150 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6152 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6153 if (section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6154 lowest_section
= section
;
6155 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6159 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6160 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6161 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6162 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6164 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6165 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6167 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6168 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6169 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6171 if (isec
== section_count
)
6177 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6178 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6179 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6181 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6182 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6183 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6184 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6185 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6186 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6188 map
->count
= section_count
;
6189 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6190 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6193 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
6197 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6201 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6203 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6204 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6207 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6210 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6212 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6213 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6214 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6215 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6216 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6217 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6218 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6220 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6222 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6223 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6226 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6227 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6228 section
= section
->next
)
6229 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6231 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6232 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6236 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6237 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6238 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6239 map in this case. */
6240 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6241 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6242 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6245 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6246 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6248 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6249 from the input BFD. */
6250 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6252 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6254 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6255 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6256 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6258 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6259 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6261 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6262 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6263 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6264 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6265 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6266 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6272 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6274 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6275 section
= section
->next
)
6277 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6280 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6283 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6287 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6290 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6293 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6297 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6300 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6301 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6303 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6304 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6307 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6309 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6310 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6311 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6312 that the linker clears to differ. */
6313 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6314 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6316 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6317 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6318 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6320 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6321 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6322 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6324 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6325 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6326 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6327 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6330 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6331 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6333 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6334 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6335 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6336 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6340 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6342 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6343 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6344 may be NULL at this point. */
6345 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6347 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6348 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6349 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6352 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6357 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6358 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6361 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6366 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6368 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6369 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6372 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6373 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6375 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6377 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6378 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6379 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6380 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6381 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6383 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6387 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6388 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6389 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6390 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6391 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6395 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6399 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6400 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6402 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6403 asection
*s
= first
;
6404 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6408 /* If this member section is being output but the
6409 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6410 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6411 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6412 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6414 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6415 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6417 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6418 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6419 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6420 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6422 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6428 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6430 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6431 adjust the input section size. This function may
6432 be called multiple times, so save the original
6434 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6435 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6436 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6440 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6442 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6450 /* Copy private header information. */
6453 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6455 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6456 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6459 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6460 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6461 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6462 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6463 already been worked out. */
6464 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6466 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6470 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6473 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6474 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6475 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6476 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6477 swap_out_syms function. */
6479 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6480 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6481 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6482 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6483 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6486 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6491 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6493 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6494 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6497 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6498 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6501 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6503 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6507 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6508 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6509 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6510 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6511 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6512 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6514 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6515 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6516 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6517 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6518 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6524 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6527 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6528 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6531 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6534 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6535 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6536 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6538 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6539 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6542 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6544 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6547 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6548 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6552 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6553 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6554 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6555 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6556 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6557 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6558 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6559 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6561 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6562 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6564 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6565 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6566 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6568 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6571 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6573 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6574 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6575 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6577 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6578 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6579 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6580 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6582 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6586 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6587 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6588 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6589 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6590 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6593 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6595 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6596 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6602 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6603 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6604 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6605 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6606 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6607 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6611 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6612 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6614 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6615 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6617 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6618 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6619 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6620 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6623 if (!name_local_sections
6624 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6626 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6631 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6634 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6636 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6641 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6643 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6644 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6646 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6647 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6648 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6649 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6650 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6651 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6652 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6654 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6655 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6656 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6660 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6663 if (sec
->output_section
)
6665 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6666 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6669 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6670 if (! relocatable_p
)
6672 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6673 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6675 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6677 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6679 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6680 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6681 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6682 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6686 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6689 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6692 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6695 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6698 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6706 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6708 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6712 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6713 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6714 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6715 demand of applications. For example, it
6716 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6717 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6718 actually in the output file. */
6719 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6722 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6723 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6724 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6726 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6727 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6731 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6732 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6736 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6739 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6741 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6742 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6743 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6745 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6747 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6749 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6754 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6757 /* Processor-specific types. */
6758 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6759 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6760 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6761 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6763 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6765 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6766 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6768 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6770 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6772 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6773 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6774 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6777 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6779 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6780 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6784 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6785 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6788 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6790 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6792 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6793 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6794 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6796 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6799 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6802 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6804 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6805 sym
.st_target_internal
6806 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6811 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6814 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6815 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6816 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6817 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6821 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6822 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6824 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6825 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6826 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6827 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6828 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6829 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6834 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6836 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6837 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6838 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6841 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6845 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6847 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6848 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6850 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6856 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6860 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6862 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6864 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6868 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6869 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6871 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6877 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6880 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6883 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6886 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6893 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6895 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6898 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6899 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6900 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6904 return section
->reloc_count
;
6908 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6910 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6911 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6914 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6919 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6920 asymbol
**allocation
)
6922 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6923 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6926 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6930 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6931 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6932 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6933 dynamic reloc section. */
6936 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6941 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6943 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6947 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6948 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6949 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6950 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6951 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6952 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6953 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6958 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6959 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6960 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6961 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6962 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6963 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6964 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6967 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6971 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6975 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6977 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6981 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6983 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6985 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6986 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6987 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6992 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6994 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6996 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7007 /* Read in the version information. */
7010 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7012 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7013 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7015 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7018 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7019 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7021 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7023 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7025 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7026 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7027 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7030 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7032 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7033 if (contents
== NULL
)
7035 error_return_verref
:
7036 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7037 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7040 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7041 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7042 goto error_return_verref
;
7044 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7045 goto error_return_verref
;
7047 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7048 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7049 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7050 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7051 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7052 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7054 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7055 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7058 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7060 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7062 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7063 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7065 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7066 goto error_return_verref
;
7068 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7069 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7072 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7073 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7074 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7075 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7076 goto error_return_verref
;
7079 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7080 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7081 goto error_return_verref
;
7083 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7084 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7085 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7086 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7088 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7090 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7091 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7092 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7093 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7094 goto error_return_verref
;
7096 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7097 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7099 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7101 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7102 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7103 goto error_return_verref
;
7105 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7106 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7108 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7109 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7112 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7113 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7115 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7117 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7118 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7119 goto error_return_verref
;
7121 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7122 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7129 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7131 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7132 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7133 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7134 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7135 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7137 unsigned int maxidx
;
7138 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7140 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7142 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7143 if (contents
== NULL
)
7145 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7146 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7149 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7152 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7153 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7154 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7155 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7156 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7157 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7159 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7160 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7162 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7164 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7166 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7168 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7169 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7171 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7172 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7175 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7176 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7179 if (default_imported_symver
)
7181 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7186 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7187 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7188 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7193 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7194 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7195 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7197 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7198 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7201 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7203 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7205 error_return_verdef
:
7206 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7207 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7211 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7212 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7214 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7216 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7217 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7220 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7221 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7222 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7223 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7224 goto error_return_verdef
;
7228 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7229 goto error_return_verdef
;
7231 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7232 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7233 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7234 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7236 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7238 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7239 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7240 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7241 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7242 goto error_return_verdef
;
7244 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7245 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7247 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7249 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7250 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7251 goto error_return_verdef
;
7253 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7254 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7257 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7258 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7260 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7261 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7263 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7265 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7266 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7272 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7279 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7280 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7281 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7284 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7287 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7288 if (default_imported_symver
)
7290 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7291 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7293 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
7295 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7296 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7297 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7298 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7300 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7302 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7303 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7304 goto error_return_verdef
;
7305 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7306 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7307 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7308 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7309 goto error_return_verdef
;
7311 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7312 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7313 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7319 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7325 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7327 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7328 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7330 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7335 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7336 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7341 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7345 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7348 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7349 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7353 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7356 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7357 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7360 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7361 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7362 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7365 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7366 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7367 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7368 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7369 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7370 we treat such symbols as local. */
7371 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7378 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7379 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7386 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7387 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7388 unsigned long machine
)
7390 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7391 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7392 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7393 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7394 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7397 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7400 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7401 for error reporting. */
7404 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7408 const char **filename_ptr
,
7409 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7411 static asection
*last_section
;
7412 static asymbol
*func
;
7413 static const char *filename
;
7414 static bfd_size_type func_size
;
7416 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7419 if (last_section
!= section
7421 || offset
< func
->value
7422 || offset
>= func
->value
+ func_size
)
7427 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7428 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7429 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7430 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7431 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7432 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7433 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7434 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7435 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7436 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7442 state
= nothing_seen
;
7444 last_section
= section
;
7446 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7452 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7455 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7456 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7460 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7462 && code_off
<= offset
7463 && (code_off
> low_func
7464 || (code_off
== low_func
7465 && size
> func_size
)))
7469 low_func
= code_off
;
7472 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7473 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7474 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7476 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7477 state
= symbol_seen
;
7485 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7486 if (functionname_ptr
)
7487 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7492 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7493 for error reporting. */
7496 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7500 const char **filename_ptr
,
7501 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7502 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7506 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7507 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7510 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7511 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7512 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7518 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, dwarf_debug_sections
,
7519 section
, symbols
, offset
,
7520 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7522 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7524 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7525 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7526 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7532 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7533 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7534 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7535 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7537 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7540 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7543 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7544 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7551 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7554 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7555 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7557 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7558 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7559 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7562 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7563 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7564 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7565 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7566 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7569 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7570 const char **filename_ptr
,
7571 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7572 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7575 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7576 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7577 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7582 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7584 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7585 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7587 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7589 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7591 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7593 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7596 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7597 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7600 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7603 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7611 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7613 const void *location
,
7615 bfd_size_type count
)
7617 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7620 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7621 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7624 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7625 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7626 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7627 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7634 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7635 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7636 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7641 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7644 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7646 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7648 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7650 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7651 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7653 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7654 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7656 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7658 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7661 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7664 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7667 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7670 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7673 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7676 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7682 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7684 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7686 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7687 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7689 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7694 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7700 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7703 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7706 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7709 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7712 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7718 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7722 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7730 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7731 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7732 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7733 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7738 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7740 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7741 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7743 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7744 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7745 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7748 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7751 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7752 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7753 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7756 bfd_reloc_status_type
7757 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7758 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7759 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7760 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7761 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7763 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7766 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7767 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7768 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7769 out details about the corefile. */
7771 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7772 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7773 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7774 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7777 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7778 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7781 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7785 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
;
7787 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
;
7792 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7793 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7794 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7798 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7802 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7805 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7809 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7810 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7811 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7815 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7816 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7817 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7818 such a section already exists.
7819 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7820 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7821 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7823 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7829 char *threaded_name
;
7833 /* Build the section name. */
7835 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7836 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7837 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7838 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7840 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7842 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7847 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7848 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7850 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7853 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7855 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7859 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7862 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7867 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7871 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7872 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7873 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7875 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7876 has already been set by another thread. */
7877 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7878 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7879 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7880 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7882 /* pr_who exists on:
7885 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7888 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7889 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7891 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7894 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7895 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7897 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7898 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7900 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7901 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7902 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7904 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7905 has already been set by another thread. */
7906 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7907 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7908 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
== 0)
7909 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7911 /* pr_who exists on:
7914 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7917 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7918 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7920 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7923 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7926 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7927 note size (ie. data object type). */
7931 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7932 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7933 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7935 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7937 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7939 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7941 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7943 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7944 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7947 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7948 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7949 data structure apart. */
7952 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7954 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7957 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7958 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7962 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7964 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7967 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
7968 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
7969 contents literally. */
7972 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7974 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
7978 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7980 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
7984 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7986 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
7990 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7992 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
7996 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7998 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8002 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8004 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8008 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8010 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8014 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8016 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8020 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8022 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8026 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8028 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8032 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8034 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8038 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8040 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8043 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8044 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8045 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8046 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8050 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8051 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8052 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8053 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8057 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8058 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8059 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8062 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8065 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8073 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8077 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8083 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8085 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8087 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8089 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8091 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8093 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8094 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8096 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8097 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8098 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8100 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8101 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8102 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8104 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8105 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8107 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8108 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8110 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8112 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8113 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8115 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
8116 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8117 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8119 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8120 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8121 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8127 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8128 note size (ie. data object type). */
8132 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8133 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8134 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8137 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
8138 int n
= strlen (command
);
8140 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8141 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8146 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8148 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8150 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8152 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8153 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8154 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8160 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8164 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8165 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8167 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8170 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8172 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8175 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8176 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8177 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8181 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8183 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8185 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8187 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8193 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8194 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8195 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8200 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8202 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8203 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8205 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
8206 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8208 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8210 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8211 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8212 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8215 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8217 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8221 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8222 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8223 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8224 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8227 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8228 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8229 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8232 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8234 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8237 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8239 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8240 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8241 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8244 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8246 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8250 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8251 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8252 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8253 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8256 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8257 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8258 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8261 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8263 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8265 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8268 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8275 int is_active_thread
;
8278 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8281 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8284 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8288 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8289 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
8290 /* process_info.pid */
8291 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8292 /* process_info.signal */
8293 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8296 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8297 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8298 /* thread_info.tid */
8299 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8301 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8302 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8306 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8308 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8312 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8314 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8315 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8316 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8318 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8319 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8321 if (is_active_thread
)
8322 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8326 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8327 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8328 /* module_info.base_address */
8329 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8330 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8332 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8333 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8337 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8339 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8344 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8345 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8346 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8357 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8359 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8367 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8368 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8370 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8371 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8376 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8378 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8381 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8383 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8386 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8387 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8389 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8390 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8392 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8393 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8394 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8395 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8399 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8400 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8401 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8402 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8407 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8408 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8409 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8414 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8415 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8416 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8420 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8421 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8422 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8423 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8428 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8429 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8430 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8434 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8435 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8436 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8437 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8441 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8442 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8443 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8444 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8449 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8450 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8451 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8455 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8456 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8457 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8458 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8462 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8463 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8464 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8465 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8469 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8470 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8471 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8472 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8477 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8478 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8479 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8485 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8486 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8488 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8489 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8496 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8501 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8502 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8503 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8511 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8513 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id_size
= note
->descsz
;
8514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, note
->descsz
);
8515 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
== NULL
)
8518 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd
)->build_id
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8524 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8531 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8532 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8537 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8539 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8540 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8543 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8544 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8545 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8547 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8553 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8558 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8566 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8570 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8573 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8580 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8582 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8584 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8586 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8587 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8588 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8590 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8591 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8592 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8594 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8599 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8603 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8604 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
8606 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8608 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8609 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8610 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8611 creates a core file. */
8613 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8616 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8617 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8618 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8621 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8625 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8627 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8628 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8630 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8631 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8634 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8635 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8637 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8638 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8644 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8645 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8650 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8651 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8653 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8654 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8664 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8666 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8667 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
8668 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8670 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8671 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
8672 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8674 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8675 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
8676 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8682 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8684 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8685 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8687 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8688 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8690 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8691 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8693 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8694 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8696 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8698 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8703 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8704 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8705 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8710 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8712 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8717 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8718 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8719 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8728 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8730 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8737 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8740 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8741 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8743 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8744 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8746 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8747 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8749 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8750 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8753 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8754 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8755 thread just in case. */
8756 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8757 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8759 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8760 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8762 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8767 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8771 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8772 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8773 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8775 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8779 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8780 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8788 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8789 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8791 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8796 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8800 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8801 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8802 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8804 /* This is the current thread. */
8805 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8806 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8811 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8812 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8813 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8814 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8817 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8819 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8820 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8822 static long tid
= 1;
8826 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8827 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8828 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8829 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8830 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8831 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8832 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8833 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8840 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8846 /* Use note name as section name. */
8848 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8851 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
8852 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
8854 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8858 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8859 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8860 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
8865 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8868 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8872 size of data for note
8874 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8875 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8876 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8877 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8880 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8883 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8891 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8898 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8900 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8902 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8905 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8906 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8907 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8908 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8909 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8910 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8914 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8922 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8933 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8939 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8941 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8944 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8945 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8950 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8951 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8952 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8954 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8956 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8959 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8962 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8963 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8964 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8965 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8966 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8971 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8973 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8976 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8979 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8980 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8981 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8982 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8983 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8985 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8992 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8999 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9001 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9004 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9006 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9011 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9012 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9013 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9015 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9017 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9018 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9019 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9020 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9021 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9022 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9029 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9030 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9031 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9032 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9033 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9034 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9036 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9042 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9044 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9051 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9052 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9054 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9055 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9056 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9057 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9058 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9059 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9061 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9062 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9064 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9065 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9068 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9069 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9071 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9073 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9075 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9079 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9080 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9082 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9083 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9084 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9086 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9090 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9091 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9092 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9093 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9101 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9102 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9103 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9104 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9108 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9111 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9117 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9118 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9119 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9123 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9126 const void *xfpregs
,
9129 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9130 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9131 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9135 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9136 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9138 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9139 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9140 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9144 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9147 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9150 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9151 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9152 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9156 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9159 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9162 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9163 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9164 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9168 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9171 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9174 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9175 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9176 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9177 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9181 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9184 const void *s390_timer
,
9187 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9188 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9189 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9193 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9196 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9199 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9200 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9201 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9205 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9208 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9211 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9212 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9213 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9217 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9220 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9223 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9224 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9225 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9229 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9232 const void *s390_prefix
,
9235 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9236 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9237 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9241 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9244 const void *s390_last_break
,
9247 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9248 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9249 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9250 s390_last_break
, size
);
9254 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9257 const void *s390_system_call
,
9260 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9261 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9262 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9263 s390_system_call
, size
);
9267 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9270 const void *arm_vfp
,
9273 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9274 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9275 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9279 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9282 const char *section
,
9286 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9287 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9288 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9289 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9290 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9291 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9292 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9293 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9294 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9295 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9296 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9297 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9298 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9299 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9300 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9301 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9302 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9303 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9304 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9305 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9306 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9307 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9308 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9309 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9310 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9311 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9312 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9313 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9318 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9323 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9325 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9326 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9327 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9329 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9332 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9334 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9335 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9336 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9339 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9340 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9341 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9343 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9344 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9347 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9353 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9355 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9358 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9360 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9363 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9365 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9368 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9370 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9375 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9381 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9383 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9386 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9387 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9389 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9395 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9402 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9409 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9412 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9416 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9417 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9427 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9429 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9430 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9431 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9434 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9436 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9442 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9445 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9446 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9447 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9448 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9450 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9451 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9454 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9458 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9460 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9464 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9465 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9466 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9471 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9472 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9474 return reloc_class_normal
;
9477 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9478 relocation against a local symbol. */
9481 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9482 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9484 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9486 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9489 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9490 + sec
->output_offset
9492 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9493 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9494 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9497 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9498 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9499 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9502 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9503 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9504 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9505 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9506 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9507 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9508 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9511 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9512 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9518 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9519 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9523 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9525 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9526 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9528 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9529 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9530 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9534 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9535 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9539 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9541 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9542 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9544 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9545 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9547 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9549 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9550 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9551 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9557 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9558 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9559 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9560 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9561 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9562 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9564 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9565 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9566 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9567 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9568 the remote memory. */
9571 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9575 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9577 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9578 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9582 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9583 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9584 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9589 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9592 const char *relplt_name
;
9593 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9597 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9603 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9606 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9609 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9612 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9613 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9614 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9615 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9619 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9620 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9621 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9624 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9628 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9629 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9632 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9633 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9634 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9635 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9637 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9641 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9643 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9648 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9652 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9653 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9655 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9660 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9661 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9664 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9665 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9666 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9667 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9668 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9669 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9671 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9674 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9675 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9681 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9682 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9683 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9684 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9687 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
9690 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
9691 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
9698 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
9699 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
9700 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
9701 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
9704 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd
* abfd
,
9705 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9707 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
9709 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
9711 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
9713 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
9714 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
9715 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
9716 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
9717 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
9718 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
9722 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
9723 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
9724 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
9727 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
9729 return (type
== STT_FUNC
9730 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
9733 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
9734 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
9735 otherwise return zero. */
9738 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
9743 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
9744 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
9745 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
9748 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
9750 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
9751 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;